Contents

Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide PDF

1 of 1049
1 of 1049

Summary of Content for Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide PDF

Notice to Users 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. This manual and the software described herein, in whole or in part, may not be reproduced, translated, or reduced to any machine-readable form without prior written approval.

Sony, VAIO, the VAIO logo, VAIO Slimtop, Ergo-Angle, AutoAlert, VAIO Smart, Memory Stick, Digital Media Park, Mavica, and PictureGear are trademarks of Sony. Windows and the Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. K56flex is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc. and Rockwell International. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 1

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 2

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 3

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 4

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 5

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 6

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 7

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 8

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 9

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 10

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 11

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 12

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 13

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 14

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 15

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 16

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 17

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 18

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 19

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 20

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 21

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 22

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 23

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 24

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 25

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 26

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 27

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 28

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 29

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 30

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 31

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 32

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 33

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 34

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 35

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 36

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 37

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 38

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 39

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 40

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 41

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 42

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 43

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 44

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 45

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 46

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 47

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 48

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 49

Read Me First Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First. You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows Start menu by selecting Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online, see Using America Online with WinFax Basic of this manual.

Page 50

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running. Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows

volume control .

If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD. If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode Page 51

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your computer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/ PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 52

For Answers to Your Software Questions Adobe Systems Inc. 206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT) America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET) AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) CompuServe Interactive, Inc. 800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET) Dr. Solomon's Software Inc. 888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) EarthLink Network, Inc. 800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Encompass, Inc. 800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET) Intuit Inc. 900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day) MediaLive, Inc. 408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday) Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 53

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 54

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 55

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 56

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 57

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 58

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 59

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 60

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 61

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 62

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 63

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 64

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 65

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 66

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 67

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 68

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 69

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 70

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 71

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 72

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 73

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 74

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 75

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 76

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 77

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 78

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 79

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 80

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 81

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 82

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 83

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 84

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 85

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 86

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 87

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 88

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 89

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 90

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 91

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 92

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 93

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 94

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 95

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 96

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 97

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 98

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 99

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 100

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 101

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 102

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 103

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 104

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 105

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 106

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 107

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 108

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 109

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 110

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 111

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 112

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 113

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 114

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 115

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 116

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 117

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 118

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 119

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 120

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 121

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 122

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 123

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 124

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 125

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 126

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 127

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 128

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 129

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 130

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 131

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 132

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 133

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 134

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 135

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 136

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 137

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 138

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 139

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 140

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 141

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 142

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 143

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 144

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 145

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 146

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 147

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 148

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 149

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 150

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 151

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 152

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 153

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 154

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 155

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 156

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 157

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 158

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 159

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 160

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 161

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 162

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 163

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 164

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 165

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 166

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 167

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 168

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 169

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 170

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 171

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 172

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 173

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 174

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 175

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 176

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 177

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 178

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 179

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 180

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 181

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 182

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 183

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 184

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 185

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 186

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 187

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 188

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 189

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 190

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 191

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 192

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 193

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 194

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 195

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 196

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 197

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 198

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 199

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 200

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 201

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 202

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 203

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 204

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 205

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 206

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 207

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 208

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 209

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 210

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 211

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 212

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 213

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 214

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 215

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 216

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 217

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 218

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 219

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 220

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 221

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 222

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 223

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 224

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 225

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 226

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 227

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 228

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 229

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 230

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 231

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 232

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 233

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 234

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 235

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 236

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 237

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 238

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 239

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 240

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 241

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 242

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 243

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 244

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 245

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 246

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 247

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 248

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 249

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 250

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 251

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 252

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 253

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 254

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 255

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 256

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 257

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 258

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 259

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 260

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 261

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 262

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 263

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 264

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 265

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 266

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 267

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 268

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 269

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 270

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 271

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 272

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 273

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 274

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 275

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 276

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 277

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 278

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 279

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 280

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 281

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 282

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 283

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 284

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 285

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 286

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 287

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 288

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 289

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 290

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 291

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 292

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 293

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 294

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 295

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 296

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 297

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 298

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 299

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 300

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 301

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 302

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 303

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 304

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 305

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 306

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 307

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 308

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 309

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 310

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 311

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 312

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 313

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 314

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 315

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 316

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 317

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 318

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 319

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 320

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 321

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 322

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 323

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 324

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 325

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 326

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 327

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 328

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 329

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 330

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 331

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 332

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 333

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 334

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 335

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 336

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 337

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 338

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 339

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 340

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 341

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 342

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 343

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 344

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 345

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 346

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 347

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 348

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 349

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 350

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 351

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 352

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 353

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 354

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 355

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 356

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 357

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 358

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 359

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 360

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 361

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 362

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 363

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 364

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 365

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 366

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 367

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 368

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 369

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 370

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 371

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 372

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 373

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 374

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 375

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 376

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 377

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 378

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 379

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 380

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 381

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 382

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 383

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 384

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 385

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 386

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 387

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 388

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 389

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 390

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 391

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 392

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 393

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 394

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 395

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 396

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 397

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 398

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 399

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 400

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 401

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 402

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 403

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 404

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 405

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 406

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 407

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 408

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 409

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 410

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 411

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 412

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 413

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 414

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 415

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 416

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 417

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 418

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 419

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 420

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 421

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 422

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 423

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 424

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 425

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 426

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 427

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 428

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 429

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 430

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 431

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 432

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 433

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 434

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 435

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 436

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 437

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 438

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 439

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 440

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 441

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 442

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 443

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 444

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 445

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 446

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 447

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 448

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 449

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 450

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 451

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 452

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 453

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 454

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 455

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 456

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 457

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 458

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 459

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 460

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 461

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 462

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 463

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 464

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 465

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 466

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 467

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 468

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 469

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 470

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 471

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 472

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 473

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 474

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 475

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 476

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 477

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 478

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 479

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 480

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 481

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 482

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 483

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 484

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 485

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 486

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 487

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 488

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 489

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 490

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 491

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 492

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 493

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 494

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 495

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 496

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 497

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 498

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 499

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 500

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 501

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 502

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 503

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 504

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 505

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 506

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 507

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 508

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 509

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 510

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 511

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 512

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 513

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 514

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 515

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 516

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 517

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 518

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 519

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 520

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 521

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 522

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 523

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 524

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 525

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 526

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 527

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 528

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 529

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 530

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 531

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 532

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 533

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 534

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 535

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 536

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 537

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 538

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 539

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 540

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 541

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 542

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 543

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 544

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 545

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 546

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 547

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 548

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 549

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 550

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 551

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 552

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 553

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 554

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 555

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 556

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 557

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 558

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 559

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 560

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 561

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 562

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 563

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 564

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 565

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 566

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 567

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 568

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 569

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 570

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 571

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 572

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 573

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 574

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 575

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 576

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 577

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 578

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 579

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 580

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 581

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 582

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 583

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 584

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 585

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 586

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 587

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 588

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 589

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 590

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 591

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 592

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 593

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 594

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 595

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 596

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 597

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 598

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 599

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 600

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 601

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 602

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 603

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 604

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 605

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 606

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 607

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 608

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 609

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 610

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 611

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 612

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 613

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 614

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 615

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 616

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 617

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 618

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 619

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 620

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 621

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 622

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 623

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 624

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 625

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 626

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 627

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 628

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 629

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 630

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 631

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 632

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 633

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 634

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 635

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 636

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 637

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 638

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 639

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 640

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 641

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 642

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 643

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 644

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 645

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 646

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 647

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 648

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 649

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 650

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 651

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 652

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 653

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 654

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 655

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 656

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 657

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 658

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 659

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 660

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 661

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 662

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 663

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 664

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 665

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 666

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 667

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 668

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 669

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 670

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 671

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 672

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 673

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 674

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 675

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 676

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 677

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 678

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 679

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 680

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 681

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 682

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 683

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 684

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 685

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 686

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 687

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 688

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 689

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 690

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 691

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 692

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 693

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 694

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 695

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 696

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 697

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 698

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 699

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 700

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 701

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 702

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 703

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 704

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 705

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 706

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 707

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 708

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 709

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 710

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 711

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 712

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 713

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 714

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 715

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 716

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 717

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 718

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 719

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 720

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 721

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 722

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 723

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 724

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 725

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 726

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 727

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 728

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 729

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 730

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 731

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 732

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 733

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 734

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 735

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 736

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 737

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 738

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 739

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 740

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 741

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 742

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 743

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 744

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 745

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 746

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 747

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 748

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 749

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 750

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 751

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 752

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 753

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 754

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 755

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 756

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 757

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 758

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 759

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 760

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 761

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 762

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 763

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 764

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 765

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 766

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 767

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 768

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 769

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 770

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 771

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 772

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 773

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 774

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 775

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 776

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 777

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 778

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 779

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 780

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 781

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 782

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 783

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 784

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 785

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 786

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 787

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 788

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 789

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 790

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 791

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 792

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 793

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 794

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 795

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 796

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 797

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 798

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 799

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 800

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 801

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 802

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 803

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 804

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 805

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 806

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 807

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 808

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 809

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 810

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 811

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 812

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 813

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 814

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 815

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 816

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 817

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 818

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 819

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 820

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 821

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 822

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 823

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 824

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 825

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 826

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 827

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 828

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 829

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 830

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 831

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 832

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 833

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 834

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 835

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 836

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 837

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 838

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 839

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 840

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 841

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 842

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 843

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 844

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 845

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 846

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 847

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 848

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 849

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 850

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 851

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 852

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 853

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 854

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 855

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 856

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 857

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 858

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 859

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 860

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 861

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 862

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 863

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 864

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 865

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 866

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 867

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 868

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 869

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 870

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 871

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 872

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 873

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 874

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 875

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 876

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 877

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 878

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 879

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 880

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 881

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 882

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 883

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 884

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 885

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 886

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 887

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 888

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 889

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 890

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 891

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 892

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 893

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a fast Intel processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display: The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system: Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard: The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot: The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

Compact components: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics (AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

100 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 894

Manuals

Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The VAIO Consumer Information Guide contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Page 895

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light Turns on/off the computer and the display. The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button Ejects the floppy disk.

4 CD-ROM drive Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button Ejects the CD-ROM.

6 Manual eject hole If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 896

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector* Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector* Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support) A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See Using Memory Stick Media for details on using Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

* See Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 897

1 AC INPUT connector Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector Connects the LCD that came with the system. Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 898

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System.

3 Brightness control Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 899

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1. Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2. Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3. Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 900

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows 98 Getting Started manual.

2. Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see Registering Your Computer. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5. Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide for details.

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty Page 901

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

Express Service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Free Internet access--Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft Outlook 98. P3 (WORK) Starts Microsoft Works. P4 (FINANCE) Starts Intuit Quicken 99. P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup. P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click thePPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power Key you want to change.

3. Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4. Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Page 902

5. Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6. Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Timer tab.

3. Click the clock icon.

4. If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5. The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next.

6. The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8. The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears.

o Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once.

o Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9. Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day. Then click Next.

10. The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11. The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12. Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Some software applications take longer than others to launch. It is advisable to confirm in advance the amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Page 903

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an  Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator 4.5, Microsoft Outlook Express, and Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1. Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon on the taskbar. The PPK Setup screen appears.

2. Click the Registration tab.

3. Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears.

4. Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5. The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6. The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7. Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys or Using the Internal Timer. When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally. Page 904

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see Features .

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 905

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1. Open the front panel.

2. Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card Page 906

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the PC Card icon.

3. Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4. When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5. Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Page 907

3. Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4. Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Function.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select the Shut Down option.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows 98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

If your system "locks up" or "crashes," press and hold the power switch for four seconds to forcePage 908

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See Using the Application Recovery CD(s).

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive. They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1. Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2. Shut down your computer as described in Shutting Down Your Computer.

3. Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 909

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1. Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2. When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3. When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat Reader Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet Service AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe CompuServe, Inc.

CompuServe is the most comprehensive source of organized business and educational informationPage 910

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft Encarta 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft Internet Explorer for Windows 98 Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft Money 99 Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft Outlook 98 Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft Works Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear Page 911

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still Camera, or a Sony Mavica Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken Basic 99 Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s) Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net Page 912

phone 800-400-1447 e-mail worldnet@attmail.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html phone 408-556-2060 e-mail support@surfmonkey.com hours 9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850

fax 800-554-4403 in North America 541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the Page 913

power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to Your Software Questions for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First.

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

Make sure the computer is turned on.

If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise Page 914

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1. Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2. Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3. In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4. Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5. Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6. Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7. Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2 connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps:

o Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise.

o Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand.

o Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket.

o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600 Processor 400 MHz Pentium II 500 MHz Pentium III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 915

Standard SDRAM 64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM4 MB SGRAM

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration (ATi Rage LT Pro) Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)* Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

Connection Capabilities (Front) PC card Zoomed Video and card bus support USB port Microphone Headphone Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear) USB port Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11) Parallel (printer) Serial port VGA monitor LCD display Line In Line Out Keyboard Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) Mouse (PS/2-style) left and right connectors

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation) Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard LCD display Spacers (for bottom of the system) Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty90-day parts/labor standard** Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

DimensionsCPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d) (280mm x 90mm x 335mm) Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d) (372mm x 316mm x 172mm) Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d) (398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg) Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g) Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed. Page 916

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 917

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer

Overview In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, and replace the lithium battery.

The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment. Read Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide before upgrading your Sony computer.

Always switch the power off before you open the system or connect your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example).

Removing the Cover

If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer, the components may be too hot to touch. Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover.

1. Push down on the two projections at the rear of the system unit.

2. Remove the cover in the direction illustrated by the arrow shown below.

Inserting an Add-in Board

There are two PCI expansion slots in this computer. One slot contains the factory-installed modem card. The second slot is empty, which enables you to install an add-in board to expand the functionality of your system. You can install add-in boards that support Windows 98 and the PCI revision 2.1 specification.

Page 918

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer cannot accommodate PCI add-in boards exceeding 6 7/8" in length.

To insert an add-in board

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add boards to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. Locate the available expansion slot. Then remove the screw, and then the slot cover.

5. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot.

6. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board).

7. Replace the cover and reinstall the screw. Page 919

8. Connect all peripheral devices and AC power, and then turn on the computer.

Adding Memory

The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit, 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0.

To install memory

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets.

5. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package.

6. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM .

7. Align the DIMM over the socket.

To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place.

8. Firmly insert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket.

9. Press evenly against the DIMM's upper corners. The end latches snap into position automatically. Page 920

10. Reinstall any add-in cards or components you removed.

11. Replace the cover.

Replacing the Lithium Battery

After several years, when the lithium battery starts to weaken, the system settings stored in CMOS RAM, such as the date and time, may be wrong. When this occurs, you need to replace the lithium battery.

To replace the lithium battery

1. Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility. If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings, proceed to step 2.

2. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer. Unplug your computer.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the lithium battery.

5. Remove the old battery, and install the new battery with the plus (+) side up.

There is danger of the battery exploding if it is replaced incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

6. Replace the cover.

The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values. You must run the Setup utility to reset the date, time, passwords, and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings. If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings, you do not need to run the Setup utility. If you simply wish to reset the date and time, see Windows Help for instructions.

Page 921

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, VAIO, VAIO Slimtop, and the VAIO logo are trademarks of Sony. Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 922

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer

Overview In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, and replace the lithium battery.

The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment. Read Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide before upgrading your Sony computer.

Always switch the power off before you open the system or connect your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example).

Removing the Cover

If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer, the components may be too hot to touch. Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover.

1. Push down on the two projections at the rear of the system unit.

2. Remove the cover in the direction illustrated by the arrow shown below.

Inserting an Add-in Board

There are two PCI expansion slots in this computer. One slot contains the factory-installed modem card. The second slot is empty, which enables you to install an add-in board to expand the functionality of your system. You can install add-in boards that support Windows 98 and the PCI revision 2.1 specification.

Page 923

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer cannot accommodate PCI add-in boards exceeding 6 7/8" in length.

To insert an add-in board

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add boards to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. Locate the available expansion slot. Then remove the screw, and then the slot cover.

5. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot.

6. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board).

7. Replace the cover and reinstall the screw. Page 924

8. Connect all peripheral devices and AC power, and then turn on the computer.

Adding Memory

The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit, 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0.

To install memory

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets.

5. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package.

6. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM .

7. Align the DIMM over the socket.

To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place.

8. Firmly insert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket.

9. Press evenly against the DIMM's upper corners. The end latches snap into position automatically. Page 925

10. Reinstall any add-in cards or components you removed.

11. Replace the cover.

Replacing the Lithium Battery

After several years, when the lithium battery starts to weaken, the system settings stored in CMOS RAM, such as the date and time, may be wrong. When this occurs, you need to replace the lithium battery.

To replace the lithium battery

1. Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility. If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings, proceed to step 2.

2. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer. Unplug your computer.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the lithium battery.

5. Remove the old battery, and install the new battery with the plus (+) side up.

There is danger of the battery exploding if it is replaced incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

6. Replace the cover.

The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values. You must run the Setup utility to reset the date, time, passwords, and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings. If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings, you do not need to run the Setup utility. If you simply wish to reset the date and time, see Windows Help for instructions.

Page 926

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, VAIO, VAIO Slimtop, and the VAIO logo are trademarks of Sony. Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 927

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer

Overview In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, and replace the lithium battery.

The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment. Read Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide before upgrading your Sony computer.

Always switch the power off before you open the system or connect your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example).

Removing the Cover

If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer, the components may be too hot to touch. Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover.

1. Push down on the two projections at the rear of the system unit.

2. Remove the cover in the direction illustrated by the arrow shown below.

Inserting an Add-in Board

There are two PCI expansion slots in this computer. One slot contains the factory-installed modem card. The second slot is empty, which enables you to install an add-in board to expand the functionality of your system. You can install add-in boards that support Windows 98 and the PCI revision 2.1 specification.

Page 928

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer cannot accommodate PCI add-in boards exceeding 6 7/8" in length.

To insert an add-in board

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add boards to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. Locate the available expansion slot. Then remove the screw, and then the slot cover.

5. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot.

6. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board).

7. Replace the cover and reinstall the screw. Page 929

8. Connect all peripheral devices and AC power, and then turn on the computer.

Adding Memory

The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit, 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0.

To install memory

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets.

5. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package.

6. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM .

7. Align the DIMM over the socket.

To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place.

8. Firmly insert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket.

9. Press evenly against the DIMM's upper corners. The end latches snap into position automatically. Page 930

10. Reinstall any add-in cards or components you removed.

11. Replace the cover.

Replacing the Lithium Battery

After several years, when the lithium battery starts to weaken, the system settings stored in CMOS RAM, such as the date and time, may be wrong. When this occurs, you need to replace the lithium battery.

To replace the lithium battery

1. Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility. If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings, proceed to step 2.

2. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer. Unplug your computer.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the lithium battery.

5. Remove the old battery, and install the new battery with the plus (+) side up.

There is danger of the battery exploding if it is replaced incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

6. Replace the cover.

The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values. You must run the Setup utility to reset the date, time, passwords, and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings. If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings, you do not need to run the Setup utility. If you simply wish to reset the date and time, see Windows Help for instructions.

Page 931

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, VAIO, VAIO Slimtop, and the VAIO logo are trademarks of Sony. Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 932

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer

Overview In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, and replace the lithium battery.

The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment. Read Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide before upgrading your Sony computer.

Always switch the power off before you open the system or connect your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example).

Removing the Cover

If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer, the components may be too hot to touch. Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover.

1. Push down on the two projections at the rear of the system unit.

2. Remove the cover in the direction illustrated by the arrow shown below.

Inserting an Add-in Board

There are two PCI expansion slots in this computer. One slot contains the factory-installed modem card. The second slot is empty, which enables you to install an add-in board to expand the functionality of your system. You can install add-in boards that support Windows 98 and the PCI revision 2.1 specification.

Page 933

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer cannot accommodate PCI add-in boards exceeding 6 7/8" in length.

To insert an add-in board

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add boards to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. Locate the available expansion slot. Then remove the screw, and then the slot cover.

5. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot.

6. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board).

7. Replace the cover and reinstall the screw. Page 934

8. Connect all peripheral devices and AC power, and then turn on the computer.

Adding Memory

The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit, 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0.

To install memory

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets.

5. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package.

6. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM .

7. Align the DIMM over the socket.

To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place.

8. Firmly insert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket.

9. Press evenly against the DIMM's upper corners. The end latches snap into position automatically. Page 935

10. Reinstall any add-in cards or components you removed.

11. Replace the cover.

Replacing the Lithium Battery

After several years, when the lithium battery starts to weaken, the system settings stored in CMOS RAM, such as the date and time, may be wrong. When this occurs, you need to replace the lithium battery.

To replace the lithium battery

1. Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility. If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings, proceed to step 2.

2. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer. Unplug your computer.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the lithium battery.

5. Remove the old battery, and install the new battery with the plus (+) side up.

There is danger of the battery exploding if it is replaced incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

6. Replace the cover.

The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values. You must run the Setup utility to reset the date, time, passwords, and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings. If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings, you do not need to run the Setup utility. If you simply wish to reset the date and time, see Windows Help for instructions.

Page 936

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, VAIO, VAIO Slimtop, and the VAIO logo are trademarks of Sony. Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 937

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer

Overview In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, and replace the lithium battery.

The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment. Read Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide before upgrading your Sony computer.

Always switch the power off before you open the system or connect your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example).

Removing the Cover

If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer, the components may be too hot to touch. Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover.

1. Push down on the two projections at the rear of the system unit.

2. Remove the cover in the direction illustrated by the arrow shown below.

Inserting an Add-in Board

There are two PCI expansion slots in this computer. One slot contains the factory-installed modem card. The second slot is empty, which enables you to install an add-in board to expand the functionality of your system. You can install add-in boards that support Windows 98 and the PCI revision 2.1 specification.

Page 938

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer cannot accommodate PCI add-in boards exceeding 6 7/8" in length.

To insert an add-in board

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add boards to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. Locate the available expansion slot. Then remove the screw, and then the slot cover.

5. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot.

6. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board).

7. Replace the cover and reinstall the screw. Page 939

8. Connect all peripheral devices and AC power, and then turn on the computer.

Adding Memory

The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit, 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0.

To install memory

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets.

5. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package.

6. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM .

7. Align the DIMM over the socket.

To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place.

8. Firmly insert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket.

9. Press evenly against the DIMM's upper corners. The end latches snap into position automatically. Page 940

10. Reinstall any add-in cards or components you removed.

11. Replace the cover.

Replacing the Lithium Battery

After several years, when the lithium battery starts to weaken, the system settings stored in CMOS RAM, such as the date and time, may be wrong. When this occurs, you need to replace the lithium battery.

To replace the lithium battery

1. Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility. If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings, proceed to step 2.

2. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer. Unplug your computer.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the lithium battery.

5. Remove the old battery, and install the new battery with the plus (+) side up.

There is danger of the battery exploding if it is replaced incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

6. Replace the cover.

The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values. You must run the Setup utility to reset the date, time, passwords, and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings. If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings, you do not need to run the Setup utility. If you simply wish to reset the date and time, see Windows Help for instructions.

Page 941

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, VAIO, VAIO Slimtop, and the VAIO logo are trademarks of Sony. Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 942

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer

Overview In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, and replace the lithium battery.

The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment. Read Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide before upgrading your Sony computer.

Always switch the power off before you open the system or connect your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example).

Removing the Cover

If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer, the components may be too hot to touch. Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover.

1. Push down on the two projections at the rear of the system unit.

2. Remove the cover in the direction illustrated by the arrow shown below.

Inserting an Add-in Board

There are two PCI expansion slots in this computer. One slot contains the factory-installed modem card. The second slot is empty, which enables you to install an add-in board to expand the functionality of your system. You can install add-in boards that support Windows 98 and the PCI revision 2.1 specification.

Page 943

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer cannot accommodate PCI add-in boards exceeding 6 7/8" in length.

To insert an add-in board

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add boards to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. Locate the available expansion slot. Then remove the screw, and then the slot cover.

5. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot.

6. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board).

7. Replace the cover and reinstall the screw. Page 944

8. Connect all peripheral devices and AC power, and then turn on the computer.

Adding Memory

The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit, 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0.

To install memory

Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer. See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

1. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer.

2. Unplug your computer and any peripheral devices.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets.

5. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package.

6. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM .

7. Align the DIMM over the socket.

To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place.

8. Firmly insert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket.

9. Press evenly against the DIMM's upper corners. The end latches snap into position automatically. Page 945

10. Reinstall any add-in cards or components you removed.

11. Replace the cover.

Replacing the Lithium Battery

After several years, when the lithium battery starts to weaken, the system settings stored in CMOS RAM, such as the date and time, may be wrong. When this occurs, you need to replace the lithium battery.

To replace the lithium battery

1. Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility. If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings, proceed to step 2.

2. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer. Unplug your computer.

3. Remove the cover as described in Removing the Cover.

4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the lithium battery.

5. Remove the old battery, and install the new battery with the plus (+) side up.

There is danger of the battery exploding if it is replaced incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide.

6. Replace the cover.

The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values. You must run the Setup utility to reset the date, time, passwords, and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings. If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings, you do not need to run the Setup utility. If you simply wish to reset the date and time, see Windows Help for instructions.

Page 946

1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony, VAIO, VAIO Slimtop, and the VAIO logo are trademarks of Sony. Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 947

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 948

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 949

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 950

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 951

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 952

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 953

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 954

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 955

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 956

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 957

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 958

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 959

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 960

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 961

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 962

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 963

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 964

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 965

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 966

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 967

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 968

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 969

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 970

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 971

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 972

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 973

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 974

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 975

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 976

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 977

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 978

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 979

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 980

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 981

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 982

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 983

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 984

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 985

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 986

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 987

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 988

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 989

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 990

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 991

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 992

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 993

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 994

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 995

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 996

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 997

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 998

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 999

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1000

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1001

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1002

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1003

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1004

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1005

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1006

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1007

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1008

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1009

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1010

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1011

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1012

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1013

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1014

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1015

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1016

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1017

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1018

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1019

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1020

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1021

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1022

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1023

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1024

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1025

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1026

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1027

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1028

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1029

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1030

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1031

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1032

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1033

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1034

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1035

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1036

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1037

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1038

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1039

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1040

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1041

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1042

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates via the Internet: http://w w w .sony.com/pcsupport. For Product information, service assistance, resolution of a service problem, or technical assistance, call: 1-888-4SONYPC.

Page 1043

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you are using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Resources

Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence:

Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions, the most up-to-date information on using your computer, and software support information. User Guide Contains information on how to get the most from your computer, find help, and solve common problems. Also includes product specifications. Electronic Documentation Read Me First and the User Guide are also available electronically on your hard drive. In addition, Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer and Troubleshooting Help are included in the VAIO Documentation folder. Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to VAIO Documentation. Manuals and online help files that may accompany your preinstalled software Most of the manuals for preinstalled software are located on your hard disk drive as online help files. You can access the online help files from the Help menu in the specific application. A printed manual is available for some applications. Knowledge Database Provides instant access to information on commonly encountered problems. Enter a description of your problem and the Knowledge Database searches for the corresponding solutions online. You can access the Sony Knowledge Database at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport Sony Fax-on-Demand This service provides you with answers to commonly asked questions. You can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive. To contact the Sony fax-on-demand service, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972). (Requires a fax machine or your fax software.) Page 1044

Software Updates You can download the latest software updates and software patches for your Sony computer by selecting Software Updates on the Sony PC Support web page at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport VAIO Computer Reference Manual Provides detailed technical information about your computer's hardware. This document is available from Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport

Notes on Use On the Power Source

Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz only. If you are operating this computer outside of North America or Japan, please verify that the local AC specifications match before plugging in the computer.

The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 10 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 10 amps. If you add components to the system that draw current from the power supply, the maximum combined +3.3V and +5V output must not exceed 70 watts.

Plug all the power cords for your computer and its peripheral equipment into the same AC supply line. AC derived from different supply lines may result in voltage differences that can cause unstable operation or unwanted weak currents at the time of connection.

Do not share the AC outlet with any other power-consuming equipment, such as copying machines or shredders.

You can purchase a power strip with a surge protector. This device prevents damage to your computer caused by sudden power surges such as those that may occur during an electrical storm.

If you live in an area that experiences frequent power fluctuations, you may want to purchase a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup. The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges. The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss.

Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.

Do not operate the system with the cover removed. Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system.

To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

Unplug your computer from the wall outlet if you will not be using the computer for a long time.

The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power. To remove power from the system, you must shut down the computer as described in this manual and then unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet or power strip.

Before touching anything inside the computer, turn the system off and let it cool for ten minutes. This will ensure that the processor heat sink will not be hot.

Do not attempt to open the power supply. There are no user-serviceable parts in the power supply. To avoid personal injury or damage to your equipment, refer the repair or replacement of the power supply to qualified personnel only.

On Disposal of the Lithium Battery

Dispose of the lithium battery properly. In some areas, the disposal of lithium batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited. You can return your unwanted lithium batteries to your nearest Sony Service Center or Factory Service Center. For the Sony Service Center nearest you,Page 1045

call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries.

The lithium battery may explode if mistreated. Do not disassemble it or dispose of it in fire.

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion.

On Handling

Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

On Installation

Do not place your Sony computer in a location subject to:

o Heat sources, such as radiators or air ducts

o Direct sunlight

o Excessive dust

o Mechanical vibration or shock

o Strong magnets or speakers that are not magnetically shielded

o Ambient temperature of more than 95F (35C) or less than 50F (10C)

o High humidity, moisture, or rain

Do not place electronic equipment near your computer. The computer's electromagnetic field may cause a malfunction.

Provide adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place your computer on loose surfaces (such as rugs or blankets) or near materials (such as curtains or draperies) that may block its ventilation slots. Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer.

The computer uses high-frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception. Should this occur, relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set.

Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables; otherwise, problems may result.

Do not use cut or damaged connection cables.

Always switch the power off before connecting your computer to peripheral equipment; otherwise, damage may occur to the integrated circuits in your computer.

Your computer, keyboard, and mouse consist of high-precision electronic parts. Do not drop them or bump them against other objects.

Your Sony computer will not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

If the telephone company makes a service call to your home or office and determines that your computer is responsible for the problem, the telephone company may bill you for the service call. Also, if you do not disconnect your computer when it is adversely affecting the telephone line, the telephone company has the right to disconnect your service until you correct the problem. Page 1046

On Moisture Condensation

If your computer is brought directly from a cold location to a warm one, moisture may condense inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center.

On Upgrading the System

The procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.

Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications links, networks, or modems before you open the system or follow any of the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer . Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage disk drives, add-in cards, and other components. Follow the procedures described in the online document Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer only at an ESD workstation. If such a station is not available, do not work in a carpeted area, and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity (cellophane wrappers, for example). Ground yourself by maintaining contact with an unpainted metal portion of the chassis while performing the procedure.

When removing a slot cover, be careful not to damage components on the system board or add-in cards. You may need to temporarily remove add-in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove.

On Handling an LCD Display

Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD.

Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it. This could cause malfunction.

Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen. This is not a malfunction. When the computer returns to normal temperature, the screen returns to normal.

A residual image may appear on the screen if the same image is displayed for a lengthy period of time. The image disappears after a period of time. You can use a screen saver to prevent residual images.

The screen becomes warm during operation. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

The LCD is manufactured using high-precision technology. You may, however, see tiny black points and/or bright points (red, blue, or green) that continuously appear on the LCD. This is a normal result of the manufacturing process and does not indicate a malfunction.

On Handling a CRT Display

Do not place the display near a strong magnetic force.

Do not block the ventilation slots on the display.

On Using the Hard Disk Drive

Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock.

Do not move the computer during operation.

Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in temperature.

Do not turn off the power while the computer is accessing the hard disk drive.

On Handling Diskettes Page 1047

Do not open the shutter manually and touch the surface of the diskette.

Keep diskettes away from magnets.

Keep diskettes away from direct sunlight and other heat sources.

On Handling CD or DVD Media

Do not touch the surface of the disc.

Do not drop or bend the disc.

On Cleaning CD or DVD Media

Fingerprints and dust on the surface of a disc may cause read errors. Proper care of the disc is essential to maintain its reliability. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners or anti-static spray, as they may cause damage to the disc.

For normal cleaning, hold the disc by its edge and use a soft cloth to wipe the surface from the center out.

If the disc is badly soiled, moisten a soft cloth with water, wring it out well, and use it to wipe the surface of the disc from the center out. Wipe off any remaining moisture with a dry soft cloth.

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer (see the User Guide). Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") w arrants this computer hardw are product ("the Product") against defects in material or w orkmanship as follow s: Labor: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill repair defects in the Product at no charge, or pay the associated labor charges to a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. After the applicable period you must pay for all labor charges. Parts: For a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the original date of purchase from SONY or a SONY authorized reseller, SONY w ill supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt, at SONY's option, replacement parts in exchange for defective parts. Any replacement parts w ill be w arranted for the remainder of the original w arranty period or ninety (90) calendar days from installation by SONY's authorized personal computer service facility, w hichever is longer. The ninety (90) day w arranty period is extendible only to the original purchaser, for an additional period of nine (9) months, for a total of tw elve (12) months from date of purchase w hen the Product is registered electronically. All defective parts replaced under this Limited Warranty w ill become the property of SONY. This Limited Warranty covers only the hardw are components packaged w ith the Product. It does not cover technical assistance for hardw are or softw are usage and it does not cover any softw are products w hether or not contained in the Product; any such softw are is provided "AS IS" unless expressly provided for in any enclosed softw are limited w arranty. Please refer to the End User License Agreements included w ith the Product for your obligations w ith respect to the softw are. This Limited Warranty is non-transferable. Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale (w hich is evidence that the Product is w ithin the w arranty period) must be presented to obtain w arranty service. In addition, if replacement parts are required and you w ish to receive the most expedient service available, you w ill be required to provide SONY w ith a credit card authorization to bill your credit card in the event you fail to return the original parts in the postage-paid envelope w e provide. The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY's list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days. In respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty service during the w arranty period, subject to certain restrictions. Please contact SONY as indicated below for further information. With respect to all service provided, it is your responsibility to backup the contents of your hard drive, including any data you have stored or softw are you have installed on the hard drive. It is likely that the contents of your hard drive w ill be lost or reformatted in the course of service and SONY w ill not be responsible for any damage to or loss of any programs, data or other information stored on any media or any part of any Product serviced hereunder. IF DURING THE REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT THE CONTENTS OF THE HARD DRIVE ARE ALTERED, DELETED, OR IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, SONY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE WHATSOEVER. YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardw are, softw are, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not w arranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied w ith this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any softw are programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, commercial use or modifications of this Product; (2) improper operation or maintenance of this Product; (3) connection to improper voltage supply; or (4) attempted repair by any party other than a SONY authorized personal computer service facility. This Limited Warranty does not apply w hen the malfunction results from the use of this Product in conjunction w ith accessories, products or ancillary or peripheral equipment, or w here it is determined by SONY that there is no fault w ith this Product itself. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the United States of America. This Limited Warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product. Repair or replacement of defective parts or hardw are as provided under this Limited Warranty is the exclusive remedy of the consumer. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER'S TIME.Page 1048

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied w arranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights w hich vary from state to state. Technical Support: Although technical support is not provided free of charge under this Limited Warranty, SONY has established a telephone number for technical support. Charges may apply for technical support, unless and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product. Prior to placing your call, please have available the model and serial number for your Product, date of purchase, a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem. For Product support, on-line know ledge base, frequently asked questions, and free updates

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the PCV-L600 Sony works, you can view and download the Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the User's Guide for Sony PCV-L600 as well as other Sony manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The User's Guide should include all the details that are needed to use a Sony PCV-L600. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Sony PCV-L600 v2 User's Guide as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.